diff options
author | Christian Schneppe <christian@pix-art.de> | 2016-09-08 22:23:38 +0200 |
---|---|---|
committer | Christian Schneppe <christian@pix-art.de> | 2016-09-08 22:23:38 +0200 |
commit | 7aeea93ded2d16f0cab3e478b5373a56f8840da1 (patch) | |
tree | 8f8f28f43fb91630424345a917e7772618f8049a /src/main | |
parent | 115fb45aaa56ac87b1e5864c0fda7cee0970af5c (diff) |
added some new JNIs
Diffstat (limited to '')
105 files changed, 24106 insertions, 75 deletions
diff --git a/src/main/jni/Android.mk b/src/main/jni/Android.mk index fb746afac..29f9f9c14 100644 --- a/src/main/jni/Android.mk +++ b/src/main/jni/Android.mk @@ -1,9 +1,70 @@ LOCAL_PATH := $(call my-dir) +LOCAL_MODULE := avutil + +ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavutil.a +else + ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv5te/libavutil.a + else + ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),x86) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/i686/libavutil.a + endif + endif +endif + +include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY) + +include $(CLEAR_VARS) + +LOCAL_MODULE := avformat + +ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavformat.a +else + ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv5te/libavformat.a + else + ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),x86) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/i686/libavformat.a + endif + endif +endif + +include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY) + +include $(CLEAR_VARS) + +LOCAL_MODULE := avcodec + +ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavcodec.a +else + ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv5te/libavcodec.a + else + ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),x86) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/i686/libavcodec.a + endif + endif +endif + +include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY) + +include $(CLEAR_VARS) + +LOCAL_CPP_EXTENSION := .cc +LOCAL_ARM_MODE := arm +LOCAL_MODULE := breakpad +LOCAL_CPPFLAGS := -Wall -std=c++11 -DANDROID -finline-functions -ffast-math -Os -fno-strict-aliasing + +include $(CLEAR_VARS) + LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \ ./libyuv/source/compare_common.cc \ -./libyuv/source/compare_neon.cc \ -./libyuv/source/compare_posix.cc \ +./libyuv/source/compare_gcc.cc \ +./libyuv/source/compare_neon64.cc \ ./libyuv/source/compare_win.cc \ ./libyuv/source/compare.cc \ ./libyuv/source/convert_argb.cc \ @@ -14,35 +75,45 @@ LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \ ./libyuv/source/convert_to_i420.cc \ ./libyuv/source/convert.cc \ ./libyuv/source/cpu_id.cc \ -./libyuv/source/format_conversion.cc \ ./libyuv/source/mjpeg_decoder.cc \ ./libyuv/source/mjpeg_validate.cc \ ./libyuv/source/planar_functions.cc \ +./libyuv/source/rotate_any.cc \ ./libyuv/source/rotate_argb.cc \ +./libyuv/source/rotate_common.cc \ +./libyuv/source/rotate_gcc.cc \ ./libyuv/source/rotate_mips.cc \ -./libyuv/source/rotate_neon.cc \ ./libyuv/source/rotate_neon64.cc \ +./libyuv/source/rotate_win.cc \ ./libyuv/source/rotate.cc \ ./libyuv/source/row_any.cc \ ./libyuv/source/row_common.cc \ +./libyuv/source/row_gcc.cc \ ./libyuv/source/row_mips.cc \ -./libyuv/source/row_neon.cc \ ./libyuv/source/row_neon64.cc \ -./libyuv/source/row_posix.cc \ ./libyuv/source/row_win.cc \ +./libyuv/source/scale_any.cc \ ./libyuv/source/scale_argb.cc \ ./libyuv/source/scale_common.cc \ +./libyuv/source/scale_gcc.cc \ ./libyuv/source/scale_mips.cc \ -./libyuv/source/scale_neon.cc \ ./libyuv/source/scale_neon64.cc \ -./libyuv/source/scale_posix.cc \ ./libyuv/source/scale_win.cc \ ./libyuv/source/scale.cc \ ./libyuv/source/video_common.cc +ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a) + LOCAL_CFLAGS += -DLIBYUV_NEON + LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \ + ./libyuv/source/compare_neon.cc.neon \ + ./libyuv/source/rotate_neon.cc.neon \ + ./libyuv/source/row_neon.cc.neon \ + ./libyuv/source/scale_neon.cc.neon +endif + LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \ ./jni.c \ -./video.c +./video.c \ include $(BUILD_SHARED_LIBRARY) diff --git a/src/main/jni/Application.mk b/src/main/jni/Application.mk index 61a377ba9..bd546a41a 100644 --- a/src/main/jni/Application.mk +++ b/src/main/jni/Application.mk @@ -1,2 +1,4 @@ APP_PLATFORM := android-9 -APP_ABI := armeabi armeabi-v7a x86
\ No newline at end of file +APP_ABI := armeabi armeabi-v7a x86 +NDK_TOOLCHAIN_VERSION := 4.9 +APP_STL := gnustl_static
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv2 b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d159169d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv2 @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv3 b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94a9ed024 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv3 @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read +<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58af0d378 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv3 b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv3 @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/CREDITS b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/CREDITS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e29f0b853 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/CREDITS @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +See the Git history of the project (git://source.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg) to +get the names of people who have contributed to FFmpeg. + +To check the log, you can type the command "git log" in the FFmpeg +source directory, or browse the online repository at +http://source.ffmpeg.org. diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/LICENSE.md b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/LICENSE.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c4a84534 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/LICENSE.md @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +#FFmpeg: + +Most files in FFmpeg are under the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 +or later (LGPL v2.1+). Read the file `COPYING.LGPLv2.1` for details. Some other +files have MIT/X11/BSD-style licenses. In combination the LGPL v2.1+ applies to +FFmpeg. + +Some optional parts of FFmpeg are licensed under the GNU General Public License +version 2 or later (GPL v2+). See the file `COPYING.GPLv2` for details. None of +these parts are used by default, you have to explicitly pass `--enable-gpl` to +configure to activate them. In this case, FFmpeg's license changes to GPL v2+. + +Specifically, the GPL parts of FFmpeg are: + +- libpostproc +- optional x86 optimizations in the files + - `libavcodec/x86/flac_dsp_gpl.asm` + - `libavcodec/x86/idct_mmx.c` + - `libavfilter/x86/vf_removegrain.asm` +- libutvideo encoding/decoding wrappers in + `libavcodec/libutvideo*.cpp` +- the X11 grabber in `libavdevice/x11grab.c` +- the swresample test app in + `libswresample/swresample-test.c` +- the `texi2pod.pl` tool +- the following filters in libavfilter: + - `f_ebur128.c` + - `vf_blackframe.c` + - `vf_boxblur.c` + - `vf_colormatrix.c` + - `vf_cover_rect.c` + - `vf_cropdetect.c` + - `vf_delogo.c` + - `vf_eq.c` + - `vf_find_rect.c` + - `vf_fspp.c` + - `vf_geq.c` + - `vf_histeq.c` + - `vf_hqdn3d.c` + - `vf_interlace.c` + - `vf_kerndeint.c` + - `vf_mcdeint.c` + - `vf_mpdecimate.c` + - `vf_owdenoise.c` + - `vf_perspective.c` + - `vf_phase.c` + - `vf_pp.c` + - `vf_pp7.c` + - `vf_pullup.c` + - `vf_sab.c` + - `vf_smartblur.c` + - `vf_repeatfields.c` + - `vf_spp.c` + - `vf_stereo3d.c` + - `vf_super2xsai.c` + - `vf_tinterlace.c` + - `vf_uspp.c` + - `vsrc_mptestsrc.c` + +Should you, for whatever reason, prefer to use version 3 of the (L)GPL, then +the configure parameter `--enable-version3` will activate this licensing option +for you. Read the file `COPYING.LGPLv3` or, if you have enabled GPL parts, +`COPYING.GPLv3` to learn the exact legal terms that apply in this case. + +There are a handful of files under other licensing terms, namely: + +* The files `libavcodec/jfdctfst.c`, `libavcodec/jfdctint_template.c` and + `libavcodec/jrevdct.c` are taken from libjpeg, see the top of the files for + licensing details. Specifically note that you must credit the IJG in the + documentation accompanying your program if you only distribute executables. + You must also indicate any changes including additions and deletions to + those three files in the documentation. +* `tests/reference.pnm` is under the expat license. + + +external libraries +================== + +FFmpeg can be combined with a number of external libraries, which sometimes +affect the licensing of binaries resulting from the combination. + +compatible libraries +-------------------- + +The following libraries are under GPL: +- frei0r +- libcdio +- librubberband +- libutvideo +- libvidstab +- libx264 +- libx265 +- libxavs +- libxvid + +When combining them with FFmpeg, FFmpeg needs to be licensed as GPL as well by +passing `--enable-gpl` to configure. + +The OpenCORE and VisualOn libraries are under the Apache License 2.0. That +license is incompatible with the LGPL v2.1 and the GPL v2, but not with +version 3 of those licenses. So to combine these libraries with FFmpeg, the +license version needs to be upgraded by passing `--enable-version3` to configure. + +incompatible libraries +---------------------- + +The Fraunhofer AAC library, FAAC and aacplus are under licenses which +are incompatible with the GPLv2 and v3. We do not know for certain if their +licenses are compatible with the LGPL. +If you wish to enable these libraries, pass `--enable-nonfree` to configure. +But note that if you enable any of these libraries the resulting binary will +be under a complex license mix that is more restrictive than the LGPL and that +may result in additional obligations. It is possible that these +restrictions cause the resulting binary to be unredistributeable. diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/README.md b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..241919193 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +FFmpeg README +============= + +FFmpeg is a collection of libraries and tools to process multimedia content +such as audio, video, subtitles and related metadata. + +## Libraries + +* `libavcodec` provides implementation of a wider range of codecs. +* `libavformat` implements streaming protocols, container formats and basic I/O access. +* `libavutil` includes hashers, decompressors and miscellaneous utility functions. +* `libavfilter` provides a mean to alter decoded Audio and Video through chain of filters. +* `libavdevice` provides an abstraction to access capture and playback devices. +* `libswresample` implements audio mixing and resampling routines. +* `libswscale` implements color conversion and scaling routines. + +## Tools + +* [ffmpeg](https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html) is a command line toolbox to + manipulate, convert and stream multimedia content. +* [ffplay](https://ffmpeg.org/ffplay.html) is a minimalistic multimedia player. +* [ffprobe](https://ffmpeg.org/ffprobe.html) is a simple analysis tool to inspect + multimedia content. +* [ffserver](https://ffmpeg.org/ffserver.html) is a multimedia streaming server + for live broadcasts. +* Additional small tools such as `aviocat`, `ismindex` and `qt-faststart`. + +## Documentation + +The offline documentation is available in the **doc/** directory. + +The online documentation is available in the main [website](https://ffmpeg.org) +and in the [wiki](https://trac.ffmpeg.org). + +### Examples + +Coding examples are available in the **doc/examples** directory. + +## License + +FFmpeg codebase is mainly LGPL-licensed with optional components licensed under +GPL. Please refer to the LICENSE file for detailed information. + +## Contributing + +Patches should be submitted to the ffmpeg-devel mailing list using +`git format-patch` or `git send-email`. Github pull requests should be +avoided because they are not part of our review process. Few developers +follow pull requests so they will likely be ignored. diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavcodec.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavcodec.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..35b5dbdb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavcodec.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavformat.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavformat.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..a93225ee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavformat.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavutil.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavutil.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..4131c6c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv5te/libavutil.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavcodec.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavcodec.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..68bc1ddd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavcodec.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavformat.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavformat.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..080afa5ef --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavformat.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavutil.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavutil.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..7136db32d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavutil.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/build_ffmpeg_android.sh b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/build_ffmpeg_android.sh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7703afa84 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/build_ffmpeg_android.sh @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +#!/bin/bash +#apply fix http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.comp.video.ffmpeg.devel/203198 + +function build_one { + +echo "Cleaning..." +make clean + +echo "Configuring..." + +./configure \ +--cc=$CC \ +--nm=$NM \ +--enable-stripping \ +--arch=$ARCH \ +--cpu=$CPU \ +--target-os=linux \ +--enable-cross-compile \ +--yasmexe=$NDK/prebuilt/darwin-x86_64/bin/yasm \ +--prefix=$PREFIX \ +--enable-pic \ +--disable-shared \ +--enable-static \ +--cross-prefix=$CROSS_PREFIX \ +--sysroot=$PLATFORM \ +--extra-cflags="-Os -DANDROID $OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS -fPIE -pie --static" \ +--extra-ldflags="-Wl,-rpath-link=$PLATFORM/usr/lib -L$PLATFORM/usr/lib -nostdlib -lc -lm -ldl" \ +--extra-libs="-lgcc" \ +\ +--enable-version3 \ +--enable-gpl \ +\ +--disable-doc \ +--disable-avx \ +\ +--disable-everything \ +--disable-network \ +--disable-zlib \ +--disable-avfilter \ +--disable-avdevice \ +--disable-postproc \ +--disable-debug \ +--disable-programs \ +--disable-network \ +\ +--enable-pthreads \ +--enable-protocol=file \ +--enable-decoder=h264 \ +--enable-decoder=gif \ +--enable-demuxer=mov \ +--enable-demuxer=gif \ +--enable-hwaccels \ +--enable-runtime-cpudetect \ +--enable-asm \ +$ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG + +#echo "continue?" +#read +make -j8 install + +} + +NDK=/Applications/sdk/ndk-bundle + +#arm platform +PLATFORM=$NDK/platforms/android-9/arch-arm +PREBUILT=$NDK/toolchains/arm-linux-androideabi-4.8/prebuilt/darwin-x86_64 +LD=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-ld +AR=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-ar +NM=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-nm +GCCLIB=$PREBUILT/lib/gcc/arm-linux-androideabi/4.8/libgcc.a +ARCH=arm +CC=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-gcc +CROSS_PREFIX=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi- + +#arm v5 +CPU=armv5te +OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS="-marm -march=$CPU" +PREFIX=./android/$CPU +ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG="--disable-armv6 --disable-armv6t2 --disable-vfp --disable-neon" +build_one + +#arm v7n +CPU=armv7-a +OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS="-marm -march=$CPU" +PREFIX=./android/$CPU +ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG=--enable-neon +build_one + +#x86 platform +PLATFORM=$NDK/platforms/android-9/arch-x86 +PREBUILT=$NDK/toolchains/x86-4.8/prebuilt/darwin-x86_64 +LD=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-ld +AR=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-ar +NM=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-nm +GCCLIB=$PREBUILT/lib/gcc/i686-linux-android/4.8/libgcc.a +ARCH=x86 +CC=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-gcc +CROSS_PREFIX=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android- + +CPU=i686 +OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS="-march=$CPU" +PREFIX=./android/$CPU +ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG="--disable-mmx --disable-yasm" +build_one + diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavcodec.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavcodec.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fbf65ca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavcodec.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavformat.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavformat.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..30e6bfad4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavformat.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavutil.a b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavutil.a Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c0e0f869 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/i686/libavutil.a diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f365775f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,5418 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include <errno.h> +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libavc Encoding/Decoding Library + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of a existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + /* new PCM "codecs" should be added right below this line starting with + * an explicit value of for example 0x10800 + */ + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, +#if FF_API_VIMA_DECODER + AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, +#endif + + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, +#if FF_API_VOXWARE + AV_CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, +#endif + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br> + * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +#if FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +/** + * @deprecated use AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE instead + */ +#define FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * @deprecated use AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE instead + */ +#define FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE 16384 +#endif /* FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX */ + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * motion estimation type. + * @deprecated use codec private option instead + */ +#if FF_API_MOTION_EST +enum Motion_Est_ID { + ME_ZERO = 1, ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed + ME_FULL, + ME_LOG, + ME_PHODS, + ME_EPZS, ///< enhanced predictive zonal search + ME_X1, ///< reserved for experiments + ME_HEX, ///< hexagon based search + ME_UMH, ///< uneven multi-hexagon search + ME_TESA, ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm + ME_ITER=50, ///< iterative search +}; +#endif + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +#if FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES +/** + * @deprecated there is no libavcodec-wide limit on the number of B-frames + */ +#define FF_MAX_B_FRAMES 16 +#endif + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for h263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU (1 << 7) +#endif + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carring such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 + + +#if FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED +#define CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE +#define CODEC_FLAG_4MV AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV +#define CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT +#define CODEC_FLAG_QPEL AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL +#if FF_API_GMC +/** + * @deprecated use the "gmc" private option of the libxvid encoder + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_GMC 0x0020 ///< Use GMC. +#endif +#if FF_API_MV0 +/** + * @deprecated use the flag "mv0" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the + * mpegvideo encoders + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_MV0 0x0040 +#endif +#if FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED +/** + * @deprecated passing reference-counted frames to the encoders replaces this + * flag + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED 0x0100 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 +#define CODEC_FLAG_GRAY AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY +#if FF_API_EMU_EDGE +/** + * @deprecated edges are not used/required anymore. I.e. this flag is now always + * set. + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE 0x4000 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_PSNR AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR +#define CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED + +#if FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP +/** + * @deprecated use the flag "naq" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the + * mpegvideo encoders + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP 0x00020000 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY +#define CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER +#define CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT +#define CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME +#define CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP +#define CODEC_FLAG2_FAST AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST +#define CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT +#define CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER +#define CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE +#define CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP + +#define CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL +#define CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +#define CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND ///< Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DR1 AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 +#define CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED +#if FF_API_XVMC +/* Codec can export data for HW decoding. This flag indicates that + * the codec would call get_format() with list that might contain HW accelerated + * pixel formats (XvMC, VDPAU, VAAPI, etc). The application can pick any of them + * including raw image format. + * The application can use the passed context to determine bitstream version, + * chroma format, resolution etc. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL 0x0010 +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DELAY AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU AV_CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU +#endif +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carring such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF +#if FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES +/** + * @deprecated no codecs use this capability + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_NEG_LINESIZES 0x0800 +#endif +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 +#endif /* FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX */ + +#if FF_API_MB_TYPE +//The following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them. +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4 0x0001 +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 0x0002 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM 0x0004 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_16x16 0x0008 +#define MB_TYPE_16x8 0x0010 +#define MB_TYPE_8x16 0x0020 +#define MB_TYPE_8x8 0x0040 +#define MB_TYPE_INTERLACED 0x0080 +#define MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 0x0100 //FIXME +#define MB_TYPE_ACPRED 0x0200 +#define MB_TYPE_GMC 0x0400 +#define MB_TYPE_SKIP 0x0800 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L0 0x1000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L0 0x2000 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L1 0x4000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L1 0x8000 +#define MB_TYPE_L0 (MB_TYPE_P0L0 | MB_TYPE_P1L0) +#define MB_TYPE_L1 (MB_TYPE_P0L1 | MB_TYPE_P1L1) +#define MB_TYPE_L0L1 (MB_TYPE_L0 | MB_TYPE_L1) +#define MB_TYPE_QUANT 0x00010000 +#define MB_TYPE_CBP 0x00020000 +//Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (h264 ref0, mpeg1 0mv, ...) +#endif + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan{ + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +}AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int max_bitrate; + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int min_bitrate; + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int avg_bitrate; + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +#if FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1 0 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2 1 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264 2 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56 3 +#endif + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES=70, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + int size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required + * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the + * duration field was still an int. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif +} AVPacket; +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; +/** + * @} + */ + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * Please use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; +#if FF_API_CODEC_NAME + /** + * @deprecated this field is not used for anything in libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + char codec_name[32]; +#endif + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + +#if FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int stream_codec_tag; +#endif + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * mjpeg: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * mpeg4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. + * Use framerate instead. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame outputted by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame outputted by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + +#if FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED +#define FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED 15 +#endif + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame outputted by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + +#if FF_API_MOTION_EST + /** + * This option does nothing + * @deprecated use codec private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int me_method; +#endif + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for + * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not + * in the fmt list of formats. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + +#if FF_API_RC_STRATEGY + /** @deprecated use codec private option instead */ + attribute_deprecated int rc_strategy; +#define FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID 1 +#endif + + int b_frame_strategy; + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + + /** + * 0-> h263 quant 1-> mpeg quant + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mpeg_quant; + + /** + * qscale factor between P and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last p frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + /** + * prediction method (needed for huffyuv) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int prediction_method; +#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 +#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 +#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + + /** + * prepass for motion estimation + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_me; + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + +#if FF_API_AFD + /** + * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio + * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams) + * 0 if not set. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by decoder. + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of AVSideData + */ + attribute_deprecated int dtg_active_format; +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SAME 8 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3 9 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9 10 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_14_9 11 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 13 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 14 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3 15 +#endif /* FF_API_AFD */ + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + +#if FF_API_QUANT_BIAS + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private option instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int intra_quant_bias; +#define FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS 999999 + + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private option instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int inter_quant_bias; +#endif + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + +#if FF_API_XVMC + /** + * XVideo Motion Acceleration + * - encoding: forbidden + * - decoding: set by decoder + * @deprecated XvMC doesn't need it anymore. + */ + attribute_deprecated int xvmc_acceleration; +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + + /** + * scene change detection threshold + * 0 is default, larger means fewer detected scene changes. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int scenechange_threshold; + + /** + * noise reduction strength + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int noise_reduction; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int me_threshold; + + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int mb_threshold; +#endif + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float border_masking; +#endif + + /** + * minimum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_penalty_compensation; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int brd_scale; + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + + /** + * chroma qp offset from luma + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int chromaoffset; + +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS + /** + * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int scenechange_factor; +#endif + + /** + * + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + + /** + * Adjust sensitivity of b_frame_strategy 1. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int b_sensitivity; + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + int channels; ///< number of audio channels + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int frame_number; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint64_t request_channel_layout; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise exended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more + * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /** + * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from + * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted + * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with + * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. + * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are + * only valid until the next decode call. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). + */ + int refcounted_frames; + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float rc_qsquish; + + attribute_deprecated + float rc_qmod_amp; + attribute_deprecated + int rc_qmod_freq; +#endif + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + const char *rc_eq; +#endif + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float rc_buffer_aggressivity; + + attribute_deprecated + float rc_initial_cplx; +#endif + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + +#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE 4 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int coder_type; +#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */ + + /** + * context model + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int context_model; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int lmin; + + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int lmax; +#endif + + /** + * frame skip threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_threshold; + + /** + * frame skip factor + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_factor; + + /** + * frame skip exponent + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_exp; + + /** + * frame skip comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_cmp; + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int min_prediction_order; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_prediction_order; + + /** + * GOP timecode frame start number + * - encoding: Set by user, in non drop frame format + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec (timecode in the 25 bits format, -1 if unset) + */ + int64_t timecode_frame_start; + +#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ + /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ + /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ + /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ + /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ + /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ + attribute_deprecated + void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); +#endif + + int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ + /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ + /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ + /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ + /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ + /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ + +#if FF_API_STAT_BITS + /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ + attribute_deprecated + int mv_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int header_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int p_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_count; + attribute_deprecated + int p_count; + attribute_deprecated + int skip_count; + attribute_deprecated + int misc_bits; + + /** @deprecated this field is unused */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_bits; +#endif + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#if FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 +#define FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4 2 +#endif +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#if FF_API_AC_VLC +#define FF_BUG_AC_VLC 0 ///< Will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non-compliant files by default. +#endif +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + */ + int strict_std_compliance; +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +/** + * @deprecated this option does nothing + */ +#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_DEBUG_PTS 0x00000200 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 ///< only access through AVOptions from outside libavcodec +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 ///< only access through AVOptions from outside libavcodec +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames +#endif + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error + + + /** + * opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#if FF_API_ARCH_SH4 +#define FF_IDCT_SH4 9 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_IDCT_IPP 13 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#if FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX +#define FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX 14 +#endif /* FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX */ +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#if FF_API_ARCH_SPARC +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS 18 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#if FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA 23 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + +#if FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_lowres(avctx) + */ + int lowres; +#endif + +#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME + /** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + * + * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead + */ + attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame; +#endif + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_safe_callbacks; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_RATE + /** + * @deprecated use the 'error_rate' private AVOption of the mpegvideo + * encoders + */ + attribute_deprecated + int error_rate; +#endif + +#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY + /** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of + * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t vbv_delay; +#endif + +#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT + /** + * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets + * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. + * + * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream + * parameters at the end of encoding. + * + * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and + * it is kept only for compatibility. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int side_data_only_packets; +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: unused + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_pkt_timebase(avctx) + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_codec_descriptor(avctx) + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + +#if !FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_lowres(avctx) + */ + int lowres; +#endif + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + +#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug motion vectors + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames +#endif + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using av_codec_g/set_chroma_intra_matrix() + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions + * (NO direct access). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user through AVOPtions (NO direct access) + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /* + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * To be accessed through av_codec_get_properties() (NO direct access) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + +} AVCodecContext; + +AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); + +const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); + +unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx); + +int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val); + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; + +struct AVSubtitle; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder, no direct access, use av_codec_get_max_lowres() + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int priv_data_size; + struct AVCodec *next; + /** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + */ + /** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + */ + int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + */ + int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); + /** @} */ + + /** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + */ + const AVCodecDefault *defaults; + + /** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + */ + void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); + + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); + int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const struct AVSubtitle *sub); + /** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ + int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, + int *got_packet_ptr); + int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); + int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + */ + void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Internal codec capabilities. + * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h + */ + int caps_internal; +} AVCodec; + +int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec); + +struct MpegEncContext; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVHWAccel *next; + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. + * + * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_decode_mb(). + * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are + * stored in an array provided by the video driver. + * + * @param s the mpeg context + */ + void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s); + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Picture data structure. + * + * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is + * alpha. + * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead + */ +typedef struct AVPicture { + attribute_deprecated + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes + attribute_deprecated + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line +} AVPicture; + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVPicture pict; +#endif + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + */ +AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + */ +void avcodec_register_all(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +/** + * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values corresponding + * to the given codec (defaults may be codec-dependent). + * + * Do not call this function if a non-NULL codec has been passed + * to avcodec_alloc_context3() that allocated this AVCodecContext. + * If codec is non-NULL, it is illegal to call avcodec_open2() with a + * different codec on this AVCodecContext. + */ +int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + */ +int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_decode_video2()). + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() for this context, then this + * parameter MUST be either NULL or equal to the previously passed + * codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() / + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() with a non-NULL codec. Subsequent calls will + * do nothing. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param packet packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +/** + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +/** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + */ +int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy packet side data + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + */ +int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free a packet. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref + * + * @param pkt packet to free + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int *size); + +int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict); + + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + * + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +#if FF_API_EMU_EDGE +/** + * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must + * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the + * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag. + * + * @return Required padding in pixels. + * + * @deprecated CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is deprecated, so this function is no longer + * needed + */ +attribute_deprecated +unsigned avcodec_get_edge_width(void); +#endif + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be + * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be + * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to + * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet + * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely + * consumed or an error occurs. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by + * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero + * does not mean that an error has occurred. For + * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode + * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + */ +int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, + int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + */ +int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, + int *got_picture_ptr, + const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + struct AVCodecParser *next; +} AVCodecParser; + +AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c); + +void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size input length, to signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +/** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter + */ +int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +/** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_resample Audio resampling + * @ingroup libavc + * @deprecated use libswresample instead + * + * @{ + */ +struct ReSampleContext; +struct AVResampleContext; + +typedef struct ReSampleContext ReSampleContext; + +/** + * Initialize audio resampling context. + * + * @param output_channels number of output channels + * @param input_channels number of input channels + * @param output_rate output sample rate + * @param input_rate input sample rate + * @param sample_fmt_out requested output sample format + * @param sample_fmt_in input sample format + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff frequency + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear if 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + * @return allocated ReSampleContext, NULL if error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +ReSampleContext *av_audio_resample_init(int output_channels, int input_channels, + int output_rate, int input_rate, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_out, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_in, + int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, + int linear, double cutoff); + +attribute_deprecated +int audio_resample(ReSampleContext *s, short *output, short *input, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Free resample context. + * + * @param s a non-NULL pointer to a resample context previously + * created with av_audio_resample_init() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void audio_resample_close(ReSampleContext *s); + + +/** + * Initialize an audio resampler. + * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are. + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + */ +attribute_deprecated +struct AVResampleContext *av_resample_init(int out_rate, int in_rate, int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, int linear, double cutoff); + +/** + * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context. + * @param src an array of unconsumed samples + * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here + * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available + * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst + * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context. + * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_resample(struct AVResampleContext *c, short *dst, short *src, int *consumed, int src_size, int dst_size, int update_ctx); + + +/** + * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing + * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur + * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed + * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less + * + * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500) + * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output + * + * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different, + * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_compensate(struct AVResampleContext *c, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_close(struct AVResampleContext *c); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int width, int height, + unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * This function asserts that pix_fmt is valid. See av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + * for one that returns a failure code and continues in case of invalid + * pix_fmts. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h + * + * @see av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + */ + +void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() + */ +int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +attribute_deprecated +#if AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#else +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#endif + + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS +/** + * @deprecated this function is not supposed to be used from outside of lavc + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_set_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int width, int height); +#endif + +/** + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + */ +size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0), + * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When + * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might + * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + AVCodecParserContext *parser; + struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; + /** + * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). + * Not for access by library users. + */ + char *args; +} AVBitStreamFilterContext; + + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + int priv_data_size; + int (*filter)(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); + void (*close)(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); + struct AVBitStreamFilter *next; +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +/** + * Register a bitstream filter. + * + * The filter will be accessible to the application code through + * av_bitstream_filter_next() or can be directly initialized with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(). + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); + +/** + * Create and initialize a bitstream filter context given a bitstream + * filter name. + * + * The returned context must be freed with av_bitstream_filter_close(). + * + * @param name the name of the bitstream filter + * @return a bitstream filter context if a matching filter was found + * and successfully initialized, NULL otherwise + */ +AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); + +/** + * Filter bitstream. + * + * This function filters the buffer buf with size buf_size, and places the + * filtered buffer in the buffer pointed to by poutbuf. + * + * The output buffer must be freed by the caller. + * + * @param bsfc bitstream filter context created by av_bitstream_filter_init() + * @param avctx AVCodecContext accessed by the filter, may be NULL. + * If specified, this must point to the encoder context of the + * output stream the packet is sent to. + * @param args arguments which specify the filter configuration, may be NULL + * @param poutbuf pointer which is updated to point to the filtered buffer + * @param poutbuf_size pointer which is updated to the filtered buffer size in bytes + * @param buf buffer containing the data to filter + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param keyframe set to non-zero if the buffer to filter corresponds to a key-frame packet data + * @return >= 0 in case of success, or a negative error code in case of failure + * + * If the return value is positive, an output buffer is allocated and + * is available in *poutbuf, and is distinct from the input buffer. + * + * If the return value is 0, the output buffer is not allocated and + * should be considered identical to the input buffer, or in case + * *poutbuf was set it points to the input buffer (not necessarily to + * its starting address). + */ +int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); + +/** + * Release bitstream filter context. + * + * @param bsf the bitstream filter context created with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(), can be NULL + */ +void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); + +/** + * If f is NULL, return the first registered bitstream filter, + * if f is non-NULL, return the next registered bitstream filter + * after f, or NULL if f is the last one. + * + * This function can be used to iterate over all registered bitstream + * filters. + */ +AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#if FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature + * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature. + * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbage will be added to the log + * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development + * mailing list. + * @deprecated Use avpriv_report_missing_feature() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_log_missing_feature(void *avc, const char *feature, int want_sample); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message + * @deprecated Use avpriv_request_sample() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_log_ask_for_sample(void *avc, const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); +#endif /* FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE */ + +/** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + */ +void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + +/** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + */ +AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + + +/** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + */ +enum AVLockOp { + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources +}; + +/** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points + * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user + * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the + * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is + * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same + * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, + * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to + * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds + * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a + * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. + * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a + * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls + * to this callback and the previously registered callback. + * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex + * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking + * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to + * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the + * lockmgr will be unregistered. + */ +int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..272422e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br> + * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c0f9b8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6816b6c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <d3d11.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d7953d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org> + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org> + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9380a66f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e3ab86a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <d3d9.h> +#include <dxva2api.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b77158ec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h> + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a29f6f88 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* + * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) + * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H +#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi + * Public libavcodec VA API header. + */ + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and + * the client video application. + * This shall be zero-allocated and available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + */ +struct vaapi_context { + /** + * Window system dependent data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *display; + + /** + * Configuration ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t config_id; + + /** + * Context ID (video decode pipeline) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t context_id; + +#if FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT + /** + * VAPictureParameterBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t pic_param_buf_id; + + /** + * VAIQMatrixBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id; + + /** + * VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t bitplane_buf_id; + + /** + * Slice parameter/data buffer IDs + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t *slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + void *slice_params; + + /** + * Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_param_size; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_params + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_params_alloc; + + /** + * Number of slices currently filled in + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_count; + + /** + * Pointer to slice data buffer base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + const uint8_t *slice_data; + + /** + * Current size of slice data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t slice_data_size; +#endif +}; + +/* @} */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vda.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vda.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bde14e31d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vda.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/* + * VDA HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H +#define AVCODEC_VDA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda + * Public libavcodec VDA header. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +#include <stdint.h> + +// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes +// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390 +#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h> +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/version.h" + +// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h +enum { + kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0, + kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1 +}; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data + * to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct vda_context { + /** + * VDA decoder object. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user. + */ + CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer; + + /** + * Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_sync_decoding; + + /** + * The frame width. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int width; + + /** + * The frame height. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int height; + + /** + * The frame format. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The pixel format for output image buffers. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * unused + */ + uint8_t *priv_bitstream; + + /** + * unused + */ + int priv_bitstream_size; + + /** + * unused + */ + int priv_allocated_size; + + /** + * Use av_buffer to manage buffer. + * When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will + * be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary. + * Not setting this flag may cause memory leak. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_ref_buffer; +}; + +/** Create the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx, + uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** Destroy the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx); + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVDAContext { + /** + * VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate. + * Set by av_vda_alloc_context(). + */ + VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that VDA will use for decoded frames; set by + * the caller. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; +} AVVDAContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a VDA context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder + * object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used + * for VDA-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the VDA context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vdactx the VDA context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_vda_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVDAContext *vdactx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with + * av_vda_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85e4d9e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include <vdpau/vdpau.h> +#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h> +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU +union AVVDPAUPictureInfo { + VdpPictureInfoH264 h264; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg; + VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4; +}; +#endif + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + +#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU + /** + * VDPAU picture information + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info; + + /** + * Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + + /** + * Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bitstream_buffers_used; + + /** + * Table of bitstream buffers. + * The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; +#endif + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +/** + * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder. + * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback. + * + * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead. + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success. + * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns + * an error. + * + * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile); +#endif + +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1 + +/** + * @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction. + * The codec manipulates this. + */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2 + +/** + * @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg + * decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module. + * This is used for defining a video frame containing surface, + * picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed + * between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients. + */ +struct vdpau_render_state { + VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed. + + int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values. + + /** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */ + union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info; + + /** Describe size/location of the compressed video data. + Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */ + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + int bitstream_buffers_used; + /** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */ + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; +}; +#endif + +/* @}*/ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9846275e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 21 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VIMA_DECODER +#define FF_API_VIMA_DECODER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT +#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE +#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES +#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU +#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE +#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS +#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC +#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 +#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED +#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA +#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_XVMC +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE +#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE +#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE +#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES +#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES +#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE +#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4 +#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC +#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX +#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED +#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP +#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GMC +#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MV0 +#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME +#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AFD +#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VISMV +/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */ +#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY +#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE +#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT +#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG +#define FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_QUANT_BIAS +#define FF_API_QUANT_BIAS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RC_STRATEGY +#define FF_API_RC_STRATEGY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME +#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MOTION_EST +#define FF_API_MOTION_EST (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +#define FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT +#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION +#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE +#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK +#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY +#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS +#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a48638e2b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h> +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + * Created and freed the caller. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to the session. + * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() + */ + VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create + * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that + * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with + * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06e48bd3b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param s Vorbis parser context + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..465ee78d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h> + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avformat.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95a645b35 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,2806 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * @{ + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call + * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols. + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() / + * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public + * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the + * avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL or filename, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_decode_video2(), avcodec_decode_audio4() or + * avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy + * of it. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codec "stream codec context" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecContext.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecContext.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecContext, rather than using @ref avcodec_copy_context() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * + */ + +#include <time.h> +#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */ +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +struct AVFormatContext; + +struct AVDeviceInfoList; +struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful + * call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags + * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata + * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext + * and check their individual event_flags. + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- <self-evident>. + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FRAC +/*************************************************/ +/* fractional numbers for exact pts handling */ + +/** + * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'. + * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den. + */ +typedef struct AVFrac { + int64_t val, num, den; +} AVFrac; +#endif + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ + const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score + +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#if FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE +#define AVFMT_RAWPICTURE 0x0020 /**< Format wants AVPicture structure for + raw picture data. @deprecated Not used anymore */ +#endif +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *next; + /** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + */ + int priv_data_size; + + int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + */ + int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + */ + int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *in, int flush); + /** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + */ + int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); + + void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + /** + * Allows sending messages from application to device. + */ + int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + + /** + * Write an uncoded AVFrame. + * + * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + * + * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it + * by setting the pointer to NULL. + */ + int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index, + AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags); + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */ + /** + * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or + * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent. + * This method must not write output. + * + * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit(). + */ + int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being + * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written. + * + * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer(). + * + * This is called if init() fails as well. + */ + void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed + * for the global header. + * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not. + */ + int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt); +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + */ + const char *mime_type; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVInputFormat *next; + + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be + * called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW=MKTAG(0,'R','A','W'), /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The single packet associated with it will be returned + * among the first few packets read from the file unless seeking takes place. + * It can also be accessed at any time in AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 + +typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal; + +/** + * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000 + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; + /** + * Codec context associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat. + * + * - decoding: The demuxer exports codec information stored in the headers + * here. + * - encoding: The user sets codec information, the muxer writes it to the + * output. Mandatory fields as specified in AVCodecContext + * documentation must be set even if this AVCodecContext is + * not actually used for encoding. + */ + AVCodecContext *codec; + void *priv_data; + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FRAC + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + struct AVFrac pts; +#endif + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + /** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + */ + int nb_side_data; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Stream information used internally by av_find_stream_info() + */ +#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+7+6) + struct { + int64_t last_dts; + int64_t duration_gcd; + int duration_count; + int64_t rfps_duration_sum; + double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; + int64_t codec_info_duration; + int64_t codec_info_duration_fields; + + /** + * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet. + * >0 -> decoder found + * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found + */ + int found_decoder; + + int64_t last_duration; + + /** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + */ + int64_t fps_first_dts; + int fps_first_dts_idx; + int64_t fps_last_dts; + int fps_last_dts_idx; + + } *info; + + int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + */ + int64_t first_dts; + int64_t cur_dts; + int64_t last_IP_pts; + int last_IP_duration; + + /** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + */ + int probe_packets; + + /** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during av_find_stream_info() + */ + int codec_info_nb_frames; + + /* av_read_frame() support */ + enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; + struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; + + /** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + */ + struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; + AVProbeData probe_data; +#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 + int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. */ + int nb_index_entries; + unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; + + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + * + * Code outside avformat should access this field using: + * av_stream_get/set_r_frame_rate(stream) + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; + + /** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + */ + int stream_identifier; + + int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; + int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; + + /** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int request_probe; + /** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + */ + int skip_to_keyframe; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + */ + int skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of + * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also + * assumes negative timestamps do not happen). + * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio + * support. + */ + int64_t start_skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream. + * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be + * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless + * audio support. + */ + int64_t first_discard_sample; + + /** + * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after + * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent + * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s). + */ + int64_t last_discard_sample; + + /** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + */ + int nb_decoded_frames; + + /** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int64_t mux_ts_offset; + + /** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + */ + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; + + /** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + */ + int pts_wrap_behavior; + + /** + * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice + */ + int update_initial_durations_done; + + /** + * Internal data to generate dts from pts + */ + int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + /** + * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams + */ + int64_t last_dts_for_order_check; + uint8_t dts_ordered; + uint8_t dts_misordered; + + /** + * Internal data to inject global side data + */ + int inject_global_side_data; + + /** + * String containing paris of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration. + * Paris are separated by ','. + * Keys are separated from values by '='. + */ + char *recommended_encoder_configuration; + + /** + * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally + */ + AVRational display_aspect_ratio; + + struct FFFrac *priv_pts; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVStreamInternal *internal; +} AVStream; + +AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s); +void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r); +struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); +char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s); +void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration); + +/** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + */ +int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ +typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + */ + struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + + /** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + /** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + */ + int ctx_flags; + + /** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVStream **streams; + + /** + * input or output filename + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + char filename[1024]; + + /** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + /** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + */ + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +/** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + */ +#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 +#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Don't merge side data but keep it separate. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats + + /** + * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining + * the input container format. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int64_t probesize; + + /** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + */ + int64_t max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + /** + * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. + * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, + * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header + * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters + * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters + * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when + * write_trailer is called. + * - muxing: set by user + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + */ + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + /** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int64_t max_interleave_delta; + + /** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + */ + int max_ts_probe; + + /** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use) + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int64_t skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int seek2any; + + /** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int flush_packets; + + /** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user via av_format_get_probe_score() (NO direct access) + */ + int probe_score; + + /** + * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user through AVOPtions (NO direct access) + */ + int format_probesize; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user through AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user through AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + char *format_whitelist; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVFormatInternal *internal; + + /** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + */ + int io_repositioned; + + /** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user via av_format_set_video_codec (NO direct access). + */ + AVCodec *video_codec; + + /** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user via av_format_set_audio_codec (NO direct access). + */ + AVCodec *audio_codec; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user via av_format_set_subtitle_codec (NO direct access). + */ + AVCodec *subtitle_codec; + + /** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user via av_format_set_data_codec (NO direct access). + */ + AVCodec *data_codec; + + /** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + */ + int metadata_header_padding; + + /** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + * Mostly usable with control_message_cb or any future callbacks in device's context. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ + av_format_control_message control_message_cb; + + /** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int64_t output_ts_offset; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * Code outside libavformat should access this field using AVOptions + * (NO direct access). + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; + + /** + * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing. + * + * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on + * the URLs before opening them. + * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided + * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque. + * + * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2(). + * + * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat. + * @See av_format_set_open_cb() + * + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); +} AVFormatContext; + +int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s); +AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c); +void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque); +av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback); +AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback); + +/** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + */ +void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + */ +void av_register_all(void); + +void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); +void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); + +/** + * Do global initialization of network components. This is optional, + * but recommended, since it avoids the overhead of implicitly + * doing the setup for each session. + * + * Calling this function will become mandatory if using network + * protocols at some major version bump. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to + * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size); +/** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param filename the filename of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *filename, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *filename, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param filename Name of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *filename, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet + * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + */ +int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + * <br> + * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + * <br> + * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + * <br> + * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + * <br> + * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. + * The caller must not access the data through this reference after + * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted, + * libavformat will make a copy. + * <br> + * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + * <br> + * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + * <br> + * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always + * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details. + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Write a uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + */ +int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +/** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + */ +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, + int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet. + * + * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream + * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to + * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply + * @return >=0 on success; + * AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt, + AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avio.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3c0b73f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,727 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */ + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Directory entry types. + */ +enum AVIODirEntryType { + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, +}; + +/** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + */ +typedef struct AVIODirEntry { + char *name; /**< Filename */ + int type; /**< Type of the entry */ + int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ + int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ +} AVIODirEntry; + +typedef struct AVIODirContext { + struct URLContext *url_context; +} AVIODirContext; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, buf_end, buf_size, + * and pos, when reading and when writing (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |-------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +-------------------+-----------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / to be flushed / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-------------------+-----------+ + * + * pos + * +--------------------------+-----------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +--------------------------+-----------------------------------+ + * + */ + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t maxsize; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int seek_count; + + /** + * writeout statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int writeout_count; + + /** + * Original buffer size + * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int orig_buffer_size; + + /** + * Threshold to favor readahead over seek. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int short_seek_threshold; +} AVIOContext; + +/* unbuffered I/O */ + +/** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + */ +const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); + +/** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url); + +/** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + */ +int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); + +/** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); + +/** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + */ +void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with av_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return non zero if and only if end of file + */ +int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); +#if FF_API_URL_FEOF +/** + * @deprecated use avio_feof() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int url_feof(AVIOContext *s); +#endif + +/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + */ +int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); + +/** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + */ +int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + */ +int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a57eb12fd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 21 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + */ +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT +#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC +#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB +#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF +#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE +#define FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 +#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif + +#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 +#endif +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dc69ec0a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * Public header for libavutil Adler32 hasher + * + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler32 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, + unsigned int len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09efbda10 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f596fa6a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c6b9deec --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24f91dab7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "fifo.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41f5e0eea --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..123b3b28a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +/* Generated by ffconf */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 0 +#define AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI 0 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a46d01255 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Convert a number to a av_malloced string. + */ +char *av_d2str(double d); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".". + * @note the function may change the input string. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bcf67412 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu Common utility functions + * + * @brief + * libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg + * libraries + * + * @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include + * the specific header. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Maths + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT) +#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda +#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1) + +#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific + * + * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Undefined timestamp value + * + * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide + * either pts or dts. + */ + +#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000)) + +/** + * Internal time base represented as integer + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000 + +/** + * Internal time base represented as fractional value + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE} + +/** + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related + * + * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureType { + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4 + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type +}; + +/** + * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type + * pict_type. + * + * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character + * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown + */ +char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#include "common.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "mathematics.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. + */ +static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x) +{ + return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x); +} + +/** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + */ +unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize, + const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure; + +/** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + */ +#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \ + av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term) + +/** + * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename. + * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through + * errno. + */ +FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode); + +/** + * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base. + */ +AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/base64.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/base64.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..514498eac --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/base64.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H +#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e289a40d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c09b1ac1e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include <stdarg.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local "char buf[512]". + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the + * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * + * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * + * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). + * + * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; + * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to + * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. + * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91cb79538 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4399fd39 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + int size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + * @see av_buffer_pool_can_uninit() + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e674c9b9a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad5b347e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include <stdint.h> + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec7effead --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL + +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * @warning Starting from the next major bump the trailing character + * 'c' to specify a number of channels will be required, while a + * channel layout mask could also be specified as a decimal number + * (if and only if not followed by "c"). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + */ +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + */ +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +struct AVBPrint; +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + */ +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + */ +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + */ +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + */ +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f0f5827e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#include <inttypes.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* assume a>0 and b>0 */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ +#include "common.h" + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if ((a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1); + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p) +{ + return a & ((1 << p) - 1); +} + +/** + * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b); +} + +/** + * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages. + * + * @param a first value + * @param b value doubled and added to a + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= GET_BYTE;\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + ERROR\ + while (val & top) {\ + int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + ERROR\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = GET_16BIT;\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + ERROR\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ + +/* + * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard + * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. + */ + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff8518cc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + * + * @warning this function is not thread safe. + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); + +/** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef8a7137e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC32 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ +#if FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE + AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12, +#else + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, +#endif /* FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE */ + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf11f5bc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b8d00339 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create + * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to + * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever + * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all + * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary + * and all its contents. + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + * + */ + +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key + * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key matching key + * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved + * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @param[in] m dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0cfee326 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..221cf5bf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71df4da35 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dacd22b96 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e84489812 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "2.8.git" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc7bc6f0d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO + */ +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + */ +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + */ +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e931be71e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + */ +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c6061a11 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,713 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by + * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields + * without breaking compatibility with each other. + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. + * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * width and height of the video frame + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. + */ + int64_t pkt_pts; + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +#endif + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of + * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array + * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must + * also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * It must be accessed using av_frame_get_color_range() and + * av_frame_set_color_range(). + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * It must be accessed using av_frame_get_colorspace() and + * av_frame_set_colorspace(). + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * Code outside libavutil should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * Code outside libavutil should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Code outside libavutil should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_duration; + + /** + * metadata. + * Code outside libavutil should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_metadata(frame) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * Code outside libavutil should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 + + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * Code outside libavutil should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_channels(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and + * av_frame_set_pkt_size(). + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP + /** + * QP table + * Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil + */ + attribute_deprecated + int8_t *qscale_table; + /** + * QP store stride + * Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil + */ + attribute_deprecated + int qstride; + + attribute_deprecated + int qscale_type; + + /** + * Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil + */ + AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf; +#endif +} AVFrame; + +/** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. + * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI, + * they should not be accessed directly outside libavutil. + */ +int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); +int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame); +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP +int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type); +int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type); +#endif +enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val); +enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val); + +/** + * Get the name of a colorspace. + * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. + */ +const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align required buffer size alignment + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it + * from the frame. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4bcbf8cc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * @note The context is not initialized, you must call av_hash_init(). + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param i index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return a pointer to a static string or NULL if i is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation + * and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to libavutil without + * recompilation. + * Note that you still need to check against av_hash_get_size, adding new hashes + * with larger sizes will not be considered an ABI change and should not cause + * your code to overflow a buffer. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The pointer passed to av_hash_final have space for at least this many bytes. + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + */ +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * If size is smaller than the hash size, the hash is truncated; + * if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a hex string. + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * If size is smaller than 2 * hash_size + 1, the hex string is truncated. + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a base64 string. + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * If size is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), the base64 string is + * truncated. + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context. + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..576a0a4fb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "version.h" +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384 = 12, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23282a38f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe3d7ec4a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51fbe30a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,629 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(__DECC) + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec90562cf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63]; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..321748cd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +#if FF_API_DLOG +/** + * av_dlog macros + * @deprecated unused + * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally. + */ + +#ifdef DEBUG +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif +#endif /* FF_API_DLOG */ + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..446532377 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57c44f845 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <math.h> +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + + +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of a and b. + * + * @return gcd of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + * + * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is + * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is + * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding) av_const; + +/** + * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases. + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps + * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase. + * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare 2 integers modulo mod. + * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least + * significant log2(mod) bits are known. + * + * @param mod must be a power of 2 + * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b + * a positive value if a is greater than b + * 0 if a equals b + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * @param in_ts Input timestamp + * @param in_tb Input timebase + * @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase + * @param duration duration till the next call + * @param out_tb Output timebase + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param ts Input timestamp + * @param ts_tb Input timestamp timebase + * @param inc value to add to ts + * @param inc_tb inc timebase + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79702c88c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d25b3229b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * @{ + */ + + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_malloc(). + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_malloc(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If + * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or NULL. + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated. + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block. + * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must + * not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using + * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that + * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all. + * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with + * some libc implementations. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except: + * - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for + * integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;". + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * If *ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If + * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure. + * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must + * not be passed to av_reallocp(). The former can be implemented using + * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that + * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all. + * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with + * some libc implementations. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate an array. + * If ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If + * nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or NULL. + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block. + * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must + * not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using + * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that + * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all. + * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with + * some libc implementations. + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * If *ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If + * nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure. + * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must + * not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using + * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that + * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all. + * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with + * some libc implementations. + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc(). + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal + * to INT_MAX. + * @param nmemb + * @param size + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_mallocz(). + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_mallocz(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Duplicate the string s. + * @param s string to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated. + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of the string s. + * @param s string to be duplicated + * @param len the maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte). + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated. + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate the buffer p. + * @param p buffer to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated. + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should + * be freed. + * @note passing a pointer to a NULL pointer is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and + * *nb_ptr is set to 0. + * + * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow + * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param elem element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow + * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param elem element to add + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise. + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and + * *nb_ptr is set to 0. + * + * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow + * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array + * @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of + * the new added element is not filled. + * @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space. + * If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized." + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow. + * @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow. + */ +static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0 + * @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0 + * + * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * @see av_realloc + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special + * handling to avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer + * @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to + * @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and + * *size 0 if an error occurred. + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * All newly allocated space is initially cleared + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special + * handling to avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer + * @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to + * @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and + * *size 0 if an error occurred. + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec2955638 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f29ed973e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len); +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..753434d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,865 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) + * { + * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '), + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL = MKBETAG('B','O','O','L'), +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#endif +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is inteded for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set + * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e66d24b76 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include <time.h> + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S' + * - %%: a literal '%' + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6056fe1c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include <inttypes.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; + +#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 + /** deprecated, use step instead */ + attribute_deprecated int step_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use depth instead */ + attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use offset instead */ + attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1; +#endif +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a + * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each + * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can + * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on + * the pixel format without using the palette. + * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8 + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way. The exception is AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, which can + * carry alpha as part of the palette. Details are explained in the + * AVPixelFormat enum, and are also encoded in the corresponding + * AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * The alpha is always straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + */ +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + */ +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a + * valid pixel format instead of returning an error code. + * Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless + * you do check the return code! + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8dbc157e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include "common.h" + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size + * @param h_bits 1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size + * @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and + * src2 addresses are aligned on the block size. + * If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is + * aligned on the block size. + * If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular + * alignment. + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * + * @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of + * invalid parameters) + */ +av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits, + int aligned, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32044f077 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,469 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + * + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) +#if FF_API_VDPAU + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + +#if FF_API_VAAPI + /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */ + /**@{*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + /**@}*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, +#else + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian +#if FF_API_VDPAU + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ +#if !FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing +#endif /* !FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1= 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_NB, ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10 bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12 bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10, 12, 14 and 16 bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI +}; +#define AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG + + +/** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB, ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4 4:2:0, h264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1 4:2:0, jpeg 4:2:0, h263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0462a048e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include <stdint.h> +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..289746968 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * rational numbers + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + +/** + * rational number numerator/denominator + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< numerator + int den; ///< denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create a rational. + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * @note The return value is not reduced. + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * @param a first rational + * @param b second rational + * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the + * values is of the form 0/0 + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert rational to double. + * @param a rational to convert + * @return (double) a + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * @param dst_num destination numerator + * @param dst_den destination denominator + * @param num source numerator + * @param den source denominator + * @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den + * @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign. + * + * @param d double to convert + * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return (AVRational) d + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer + * than q1, 0 if they have the same distance. + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the nearest value in q_list to q. + * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0} + * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Converts a AVRational to a IEEE 32bit float. + * + * The float is returned in a uint32_t and its value is platform indepenant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..029cd2ad5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c03e1993 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b0c8bc89 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a8a031c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + * + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf4377e51 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b0870147 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA512 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1135dc9dd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd929bdaf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e256cae9d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc169b064 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56e3975fd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com> + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <clement.boesch@smartjog.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 16 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity + * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f010a7ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%"PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1aefaa9f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for a element below the + * range, > 0 for a element above the range and == 0 for a + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..813cfecdf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include <stdint.h> + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22cd66b55 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 55 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 11 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU +#define FF_API_VDPAU (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_XVMC +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA +#define FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DLOG +#define FF_API_DLOG (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI +#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP +#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 +#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME +#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE +#define FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ + diff --git a/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..735427c10 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main/jni/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/src/main/jni/jni.c b/src/main/jni/jni.c index ff600f003..b8bb4713a 100644 --- a/src/main/jni/jni.c +++ b/src/main/jni/jni.c @@ -4,12 +4,14 @@ #include <sys/types.h> #include <inttypes.h> #include <stdlib.h> -#include "aes/aes.h" +#include <openssl/aes.h> +#include <unistd.h> #include "utils.h" -#include "sqlite.h" -#include "gif.h" #include "image.h" +int registerNativeTgNetFunctions(JavaVM *vm, JNIEnv *env); +int gifvideoOnJNILoad(JavaVM *vm, JNIEnv *env); + jint JNI_OnLoad(JavaVM *vm, void *reserved) { JNIEnv *env = 0; srand(time(NULL)); @@ -18,76 +20,21 @@ jint JNI_OnLoad(JavaVM *vm, void *reserved) { return -1; } - if (sqliteOnJNILoad(vm, reserved, env) == -1) { + if (imageOnJNILoad(vm, reserved, env) == -1) { return -1; } - if (imageOnJNILoad(vm, reserved, env) == -1) { + if (gifvideoOnJNILoad(vm, env) == -1) { + return -1; + } + + if (registerNativeTgNetFunctions(vm, env) != JNI_TRUE) { return -1; } - - gifOnJNILoad(vm, reserved, env); return JNI_VERSION_1_6; } void JNI_OnUnload(JavaVM *vm, void *reserved) { - gifOnJNIUnload(vm, reserved); -} -JNIEXPORT void Java_org_telegram_messenger_Utilities_aesIgeEncryption(JNIEnv *env, jclass class, jobject buffer, jbyteArray key, jbyteArray iv, jboolean encrypt, int offset, int length) { - jbyte *what = (*env)->GetDirectBufferAddress(env, buffer) + offset; - unsigned char *keyBuff = (unsigned char *)(*env)->GetByteArrayElements(env, key, NULL); - unsigned char *ivBuff = (unsigned char *)(*env)->GetByteArrayElements(env, iv, NULL); - - AES_KEY akey; - if (!encrypt) { - AES_set_decrypt_key(keyBuff, 32 * 8, &akey); - AES_ige_encrypt(what, what, length, &akey, ivBuff, AES_DECRYPT); - } else { - AES_set_encrypt_key(keyBuff, 32 * 8, &akey); - AES_ige_encrypt(what, what, length, &akey, ivBuff, AES_ENCRYPT); - } - (*env)->ReleaseByteArrayElements(env, key, keyBuff, JNI_ABORT); - (*env)->ReleaseByteArrayElements(env, iv, ivBuff, 0); -} - -uint64_t gcd(uint64_t a, uint64_t b){ - while(a != 0 && b != 0) { - while((b & 1) == 0) b >>= 1; - while((a & 1) == 0) a >>= 1; - if(a > b) a -= b; else b -= a; - } - return b == 0 ? a : b; -} - -JNIEXPORT jlong Java_org_telegram_messenger_Utilities_doPQNative(JNIEnv* env, jclass class, jlong _what) { - uint64_t what = _what; - int it = 0, i, j; - uint64_t g = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 3 || it < 1000; i++){ - int q = ((lrand48() & 15) + 17) % what; - uint64_t x = (long long)lrand48() % (what - 1) + 1, y = x; - int lim = 1 << (i + 18), j; - for(j = 1; j < lim; j++){ - ++it; - uint64_t a = x, b = x, c = q; - while(b){ - if(b & 1){ - c += a; - if(c >= what) c -= what; - } - a += a; - if(a >= what) a -= what; - b >>= 1; - } - x = c; - uint64_t z = x < y ? what + x - y : x - y; - g = gcd(z, what); - if(g != 1) break; - if(!(j & (j - 1))) y = x; - } - if(g > 1 && g < what) break; - } - return g; } diff --git a/src/main/jni/video.c b/src/main/jni/video.c index f65be6943..e71f38bb9 100644 --- a/src/main/jni/video.c +++ b/src/main/jni/video.c @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ int isSemiPlanarYUV(int colorFormat) { } } -JNIEXPORT int de_pixart_messenger_utils_video_MediaController_convertVideoFrame(JNIEnv *env, jclass class, jobject src, jobject dest, int destFormat, int width, int height, int padding, int swap) { +JNIEXPORT int Java_de_pixart_messenger_utils_video_convertVideoFrame(JNIEnv *env, jclass class, jobject src, jobject dest, int destFormat, int width, int height, int padding, int swap) { if (!src || !dest || !destFormat) { return 0; } |